grammar lessons - aleph with beth

71
Grammar Lessons for Aleph with Beth Contents Contents Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives 1.1 Interrogative pronouns 1.2 The definite article 1.3 Adjectives Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives 2.1 ื“ึน ืึฐ โ€˜ืžveryโ€™ 2.2 Plural demonstrative โ€˜theseโ€™ 2.3 Plural forms 2.4 Irregular plurals Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender 3.1 The conjunction -ึฐ ื•3.2 Letters with two pronunciations

Upload: others

Post on 16-Nov-2021

17 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Grammar Lessonsfor Aleph with Beth

Contents

Contents

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

12 The definite article

13 Adjectives

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

23 Plural forms

24 Irregular plurals

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

32 Letters with two pronunciations

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

42 Verbless clauses

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

52 Construct forms

53 Letters with two pronunciations

54 Maqqef

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

71 Consonants

72 Vowels

73 Definite article variants

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

82 Nouns with plural form only

83 Nouns in construct form

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 2

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

101 Consonants

102 Vowels

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

112 Construct forms

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

132 Vowels

133 Letters with two pronunciations

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

143 Day and night adverbs

144 Collective nouns

145 Existence clauses

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 3

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

152 Collective nouns

153 Rivers and wadis

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

172 Adjectives as nouns

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

192 Reduced pataฤง

193 Furtive pataฤง

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ lsquoasher

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 5

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

In Biblical Hebrew there is no question mark () You can identify questions by theirinterrogative pronouns what where etc In these lessons all sentences including questionswill end with this symbol () called a sof pasuq1

where ืื™ื” what ืžื”ืžื”

What (is)

this

This (is) ahellip

ื–ืืช ืืฉื”

This (is) a woman

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืื™ืฉ

This (is) a man

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

ื–ืืช ืคืจื”

This (is) a cow

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืคืจ

This (is) a bull

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

12 The definite article

The definite article lsquothersquo is a prefix attached to the beginning of the word ha- ื”-) or (ื”- Thereis no indefinite article like lsquoarsquo or lsquoanrsquo instead an indefinite noun will have no article Compareืื™ืฉ (lsquoa manrsquo) with ืื™ืฉื” (lsquothe manrsquo) The definite article occurs on nouns and also on anyadjectives and demonstratives (zeh ื–ื” lsquothis mascrsquo or zorsquot ื–ืืช lsquothis femrsquo) that directly modifythem This helps us to pair an adjective or demonstrative with the noun it modifies in the samephrase

1 In the Hebrew Bible the sof pasuq marks the end of a verse instead of the end of a sentence A single versemay contain more than one sentence but the sof pasuq will only occur at the end of the verse

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 6

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 2: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

42 Verbless clauses

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

52 Construct forms

53 Letters with two pronunciations

54 Maqqef

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

71 Consonants

72 Vowels

73 Definite article variants

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

82 Nouns with plural form only

83 Nouns in construct form

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 2

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

101 Consonants

102 Vowels

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

112 Construct forms

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

132 Vowels

133 Letters with two pronunciations

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

143 Day and night adverbs

144 Collective nouns

145 Existence clauses

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 3

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

152 Collective nouns

153 Rivers and wadis

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

172 Adjectives as nouns

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

192 Reduced pataฤง

193 Furtive pataฤง

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ lsquoasher

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 5

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

In Biblical Hebrew there is no question mark () You can identify questions by theirinterrogative pronouns what where etc In these lessons all sentences including questionswill end with this symbol () called a sof pasuq1

where ืื™ื” what ืžื”ืžื”

What (is)

this

This (is) ahellip

ื–ืืช ืืฉื”

This (is) a woman

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืื™ืฉ

This (is) a man

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

ื–ืืช ืคืจื”

This (is) a cow

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืคืจ

This (is) a bull

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

12 The definite article

The definite article lsquothersquo is a prefix attached to the beginning of the word ha- ื”-) or (ื”- Thereis no indefinite article like lsquoarsquo or lsquoanrsquo instead an indefinite noun will have no article Compareืื™ืฉ (lsquoa manrsquo) with ืื™ืฉื” (lsquothe manrsquo) The definite article occurs on nouns and also on anyadjectives and demonstratives (zeh ื–ื” lsquothis mascrsquo or zorsquot ื–ืืช lsquothis femrsquo) that directly modifythem This helps us to pair an adjective or demonstrative with the noun it modifies in the samephrase

1 In the Hebrew Bible the sof pasuq marks the end of a verse instead of the end of a sentence A single versemay contain more than one sentence but the sof pasuq will only occur at the end of the verse

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 6

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 3: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

101 Consonants

102 Vowels

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

112 Construct forms

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

132 Vowels

133 Letters with two pronunciations

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

143 Day and night adverbs

144 Collective nouns

145 Existence clauses

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 3

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

152 Collective nouns

153 Rivers and wadis

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

172 Adjectives as nouns

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

192 Reduced pataฤง

193 Furtive pataฤง

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ lsquoasher

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 5

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

In Biblical Hebrew there is no question mark () You can identify questions by theirinterrogative pronouns what where etc In these lessons all sentences including questionswill end with this symbol () called a sof pasuq1

where ืื™ื” what ืžื”ืžื”

What (is)

this

This (is) ahellip

ื–ืืช ืืฉื”

This (is) a woman

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืื™ืฉ

This (is) a man

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

ื–ืืช ืคืจื”

This (is) a cow

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืคืจ

This (is) a bull

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

12 The definite article

The definite article lsquothersquo is a prefix attached to the beginning of the word ha- ื”-) or (ื”- Thereis no indefinite article like lsquoarsquo or lsquoanrsquo instead an indefinite noun will have no article Compareืื™ืฉ (lsquoa manrsquo) with ืื™ืฉื” (lsquothe manrsquo) The definite article occurs on nouns and also on anyadjectives and demonstratives (zeh ื–ื” lsquothis mascrsquo or zorsquot ื–ืืช lsquothis femrsquo) that directly modifythem This helps us to pair an adjective or demonstrative with the noun it modifies in the samephrase

1 In the Hebrew Bible the sof pasuq marks the end of a verse instead of the end of a sentence A single versemay contain more than one sentence but the sof pasuq will only occur at the end of the verse

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 6

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 4: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

152 Collective nouns

153 Rivers and wadis

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

172 Adjectives as nouns

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

192 Reduced pataฤง

193 Furtive pataฤง

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ lsquoasher

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 5

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

In Biblical Hebrew there is no question mark () You can identify questions by theirinterrogative pronouns what where etc In these lessons all sentences including questionswill end with this symbol () called a sof pasuq1

where ืื™ื” what ืžื”ืžื”

What (is)

this

This (is) ahellip

ื–ืืช ืืฉื”

This (is) a woman

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืื™ืฉ

This (is) a man

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

ื–ืืช ืคืจื”

This (is) a cow

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืคืจ

This (is) a bull

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

12 The definite article

The definite article lsquothersquo is a prefix attached to the beginning of the word ha- ื”-) or (ื”- Thereis no indefinite article like lsquoarsquo or lsquoanrsquo instead an indefinite noun will have no article Compareืื™ืฉ (lsquoa manrsquo) with ืื™ืฉื” (lsquothe manrsquo) The definite article occurs on nouns and also on anyadjectives and demonstratives (zeh ื–ื” lsquothis mascrsquo or zorsquot ื–ืืช lsquothis femrsquo) that directly modifythem This helps us to pair an adjective or demonstrative with the noun it modifies in the samephrase

1 In the Hebrew Bible the sof pasuq marks the end of a verse instead of the end of a sentence A single versemay contain more than one sentence but the sof pasuq will only occur at the end of the verse

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 6

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 5: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 5

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

In Biblical Hebrew there is no question mark () You can identify questions by theirinterrogative pronouns what where etc In these lessons all sentences including questionswill end with this symbol () called a sof pasuq1

where ืื™ื” what ืžื”ืžื”

What (is)

this

This (is) ahellip

ื–ืืช ืืฉื”

This (is) a woman

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืื™ืฉ

This (is) a man

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

ื–ืืช ืคืจื”

This (is) a cow

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืคืจ

This (is) a bull

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

12 The definite article

The definite article lsquothersquo is a prefix attached to the beginning of the word ha- ื”-) or (ื”- Thereis no indefinite article like lsquoarsquo or lsquoanrsquo instead an indefinite noun will have no article Compareืื™ืฉ (lsquoa manrsquo) with ืื™ืฉื” (lsquothe manrsquo) The definite article occurs on nouns and also on anyadjectives and demonstratives (zeh ื–ื” lsquothis mascrsquo or zorsquot ื–ืืช lsquothis femrsquo) that directly modifythem This helps us to pair an adjective or demonstrative with the noun it modifies in the samephrase

1 In the Hebrew Bible the sof pasuq marks the end of a verse instead of the end of a sentence A single versemay contain more than one sentence but the sof pasuq will only occur at the end of the verse

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 6

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 6: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Lesson 1 - First nouns and adjectives

11 Interrogative pronouns

In Biblical Hebrew there is no question mark () You can identify questions by theirinterrogative pronouns what where etc In these lessons all sentences including questionswill end with this symbol () called a sof pasuq1

where ืื™ื” what ืžื”ืžื”

What (is)

this

This (is) ahellip

ื–ืืช ืืฉื”

This (is) a woman

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืื™ืฉ

This (is) a man

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

ื–ืืช ืคืจื”

This (is) a cow

ืžื”ึพื–ืืช

What (is) this

ื–ื” ืคืจ

This (is) a bull

ืžื”ึพื–ื”

What (is) this

12 The definite article

The definite article lsquothersquo is a prefix attached to the beginning of the word ha- ื”-) or (ื”- Thereis no indefinite article like lsquoarsquo or lsquoanrsquo instead an indefinite noun will have no article Compareืื™ืฉ (lsquoa manrsquo) with ืื™ืฉื” (lsquothe manrsquo) The definite article occurs on nouns and also on anyadjectives and demonstratives (zeh ื–ื” lsquothis mascrsquo or zorsquot ื–ืืช lsquothis femrsquo) that directly modifythem This helps us to pair an adjective or demonstrative with the noun it modifies in the samephrase

1 In the Hebrew Bible the sof pasuq marks the end of a verse instead of the end of a sentence A single versemay contain more than one sentence but the sof pasuq will only occur at the end of the verse

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 6

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 7: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Definite article lsquothersquo 2ื”-ื”-

the big bull ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”

this bull ื–ื”ื”ืคืจื”

13 Adjectives

An adjective describes a property or characteristic of a noun and follows the noun it modifies InHebrew the adjectives agree in gender (masculine or feminine) and number (singular or plural)with the nouns they modify That is an adjective has four possible forms masculine singularfeminine singular masculine plural and feminine plural A masc sg noun will take a masc sgadjective and a fem sg noun will take a fem sg adjective as in the table below

ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืคืจื”Fem sg Fem sg

A big cow

ื’ื“ื•ืœืคืจMasc sg Masc sg

A big bull

2 See section 73 for why the article has different spellings

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 7

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 8: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

When an adjective directly modifies a noun in the same phrase it also agrees in definiteness andtakes the definite article prefix ื”- as in the previous examples in 12 and below right If anadjective or demonstrative occurs with a definite noun but does not have ื”- then it must form asentence with an implied equivalence ldquoisrdquo or ldquoarerdquo as in the example below left

ืื™ืฉ ื’ื“ื•ืœื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”

lsquothe man (is) bigrsquo lsquothe big manrsquo

Notice that we know that the adjectives and demonstratives in row 1 below form part of the samephrase as the noun they modify because they are all marked with ื”- By contrast thedemonstratives in row 2 and the adjectives in row 3 do not have ื”- and therefore they must beon one side or another of an implied verb ldquoisrdquo forming complete sentences

This big man ื–ื”ื”ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This smallwoman ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 1

This (is) the big ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื”ื–ื” This (is) the small ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื”ื–ืืช 2

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 8

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 9: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

man woman

This man (is) big ื–ื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”ืื™ืฉื” This woman (is)small ื–ืืช ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ืืฉื”ื” 3

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 9

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 10: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Lesson 2 - Plural nouns and adjectives

21 ืžืื“ lsquoveryrsquo

One of the functions of the word mษ™rsquood ืžืื“ is to intensify the adjective it modifies like theword ldquoveryrdquo

good ื˜ื•ื‘ smallืงื˜ืŸ

veryืžืื“ื˜ื•ื‘ good veryืžืื“ืงื˜ืŸ small

22 Plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo

For the singular demonstrative lsquothisrsquo there is a masculine form zeh ื–ื” and a feminine form zorsquotื–ืืช The plural demonstrative lsquothesersquo is the same for both genders rsquoelleh ืืœื”

Masculine Feminine

Singular ื–ื” ื–ืืช

Plural ืืœื”

Just like ื–ื” and ื–ืืช when ืืœื” directly modifies a plural noun in the same phrase it followsthe noun and takes the definite article to match the noun (left below) It can also be thepronominal subject of the clause (right below)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 10

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 11: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

These horses ืืœื”ื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื” These (are) horses ืืœื” ืกื•ืกื™ื

23 Plural forms

Masculine nouns take the plural ending -im ื™ื - while feminine nouns take the plural ending-ot -ื•ืช An adjective that modifies a noun will agree with it in gender and number taking thesame ending that the noun takes

bull ืคืจ cow ืคืจื”

bulls ื™ืืคืจ cows ื•ืชืคืจ

a big bull ืคืจ ื’ื“ื•ืœ a big cow ืคืจื” ื’ื“ื•ืœื”

big bulls ื™ืื’ื“ืœื™ืืคืจ big cows ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื•ืชืคืจ

24 Irregular plurals

Some nouns are irregular and take the plural suffix that is associated with the opposite genderTwo of these nouns are ืืฉื” and ืขื– which take the masculine plural ending ื™ื - eventhough they are actually syntactically feminine We can see their true syntactic gender by the factthat adjectives that modify them take the feminine plural ending -ื•ืช

woman ืืฉื” goat ืขื–

women ื™ืื ืฉ goats ื™ืืขื–

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 11

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 12: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

big women ื•ืชื’ื“ืœื™ืื ืฉ small goats ื•ืชืงื˜ื ื™ืืขื–

We will see irregular masculine nouns that take the feminine plural ending in future lessons

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 12

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 13: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Lesson 3 - Conjunction and gender

31 The conjunction ื•-

The conjunction prefix vว- ื•- can join many types of phrases and clauses It is most oftentranslated ldquoandrdquo but may be translated as ldquobutrdquo or other conjunctions depending on the contextIt is written attached to the word following it

ืืฉื”ื•ืื™ืฉldquoa man and a womanrdquo

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ื•ืžื‘ืค2) before a shewa vowel

In this lesson we encounter ื•- before the labial letter ืค as in ืคืจื•ืชื•ืคืจื• etc and before a

word with the shewa vowel at the beginning as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc We will see moreexamples of this sound change in later lessons

32 Letters with two pronunciations

Some letters (often called the begadkefat letters to help remember them ) become fricativized in3

certain contexts (the airstream is constricted but keeps flowing instead of being cut off

completely) In the pronunciation you hear in the videos only three letters ืคื‘ and ื› undergothis sound change and it is always marked by the absence of dagesh (a dot in the center of theletter)

When they are marked with a dagesh they are pronounced as stops (airstream cut offcompletely like in b p and k)

3 The full set of begadkefat letters include bgdkpt ื‘ื’ื“ื›ืคืช In some classical pronunciation systems these are allfricativized so when they have no dagesh b rarr v g rarr ษฃ d rarr eth k rarr ฯ‡ p rarr f t rarr ฮธ However in Modern Hebrewand the Sephardic pronunciation we are using in our videos the only letters that undergo this process are ื›ืคื‘

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 13

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 14: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

When they have no dagesh they are pronounced as fricatives (airstream keeps flowinglike in v f and ฯ‡)

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

This is why you will hear some letters change their sounds in certain contexts such as after ื•- or

ื•- In this lesson you hear p change to f and k change to ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like in German ldquoBachrdquo)as in the examples below In future lessons you will also hear b change to v

ื‘ืฉื™ืื›ื• ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ืจืคื• ืจืค

u-ฯ‡วvasim kวvasim u-far par

and sheep (pl) sheep (pl) and a bull bull

(In the videos the other begadkefat letters ื’ื“ and ืช will always be pronounced ษก d and trespectively with or without a dagesh)

33 Gender and epicene nouns

Nouns in Hebrew belong to one of two genders masculine ื–ื›ืจ) zaฯ‡ar) or feminine ื ืงื‘ื”)nษ™qevah) In this video we sort all the nouns wersquove learned so far according to their gender4

Feminine nouns often end in ื” ndash or ndashืช but not always

4 As in Romance languages like Spanish or French the gender of inanimate nouns is purely grammatical and istherefore arbitrary and unpredictableห for example the word for lsquojarrsquo is grammatically masculine while the word forlsquocuprsquo is grammatically feminine even though both are inherently neuter by nature

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 14

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 15: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

A few animate nouns in Hebrew have just one form for both male and female sexes These arecalled ldquoepicene nounsrdquo and the word for camel ื’ืžืœ is one of these The form ื’ืžืœ could referto a male camel or a female camel An adjective or demonstrative modifying an epicene nounwould signal if it is a male or female in that context as in the examples below

This small (male) camel ื–ื”ื”ืงื˜ืŸื”ื’ืžืœื”

This small (female) camel ื–ืืชื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื”ื’ืžืœื”

Key helps

Why larr ืœืžื”

I donrsquot know larr ื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™

Such is Hebrew larr ืขื‘ืจื™ืชื›ื›ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 15

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 16: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Lesson 4 - Subject Pronouns

41 Subject pronouns

Subject pronouns have singular and plural forms and distinguish between masculine andfeminine in the second and third persons For example ืืชื” attah is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with aman and ืืช at is lsquoyoursquo when speaking with a woman Likewise ืืชื attem is lsquoyoursquo whenspeaking with a group of men or a mixed group and ืืชืŸ atten is lsquoyoursquo when speaking to agroup of women The first-person pronouns lsquoIrsquo and lsquowersquo are the same regardless of the gender ofthe speaker There are two versions of the pronoun lsquoIrsquo that appear in the Hebrew Bible the mostcommon is ืื ื™ lsquoani but ืื ื›ื™ lsquoanoฯ‡i also appears frequently Therersquos no clear difference inmeaning between these two 1sg pronouns

Singular Plural

Masculine Feminine Masculine Feminine

ืื ื™ ืื ื›ื™ I ืื ื—ื ื• we

ืืชื” ืืช you ืืชื ืืชืŸ you

ื”ื•ื ื”ื™ื heshe ื”ื ื”ื ื” they

42 Verbless clauses

Just like the sentences in the previous lessons the sentences in this lesson are verbless InHebrew a simple clause can be formed by juxtaposing the subject and the complement thatdescribes it with no verb necessary The complement may be a noun (as in 1) or an adjective (asin 2) In later lessons we will also see prepositional phrases in verbless clauses to describe thelocation of the subject

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 16

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 17: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

You (are) (a) donkey ืืชื” ื—ืžื•ืจ 1

You (are) small ืงื˜ืŸืืชื” 2

In some contexts we may also see the complement come first and the subject afterward

What (is) she ืžื”ึพื”ื™ื 1

A small woman (is) she ื”ื™ืืงื˜ื ื”ืืฉื” 2

Key helps

Conjunction ื›ื™ It has many translations in different contexts but here

it marks a counter-statement after a negative statement similar to ldquoon the

contraryrdquo or ldquobut ratherrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 17

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 18: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Lesson 5 - Family terms

51 Possessive pronoun suffixes

Hebrew marks possession with pronominal suffixes on nouns In this lesson we encounter three

of those suffixes the first person singular lsquomyrsquo ื™ - and the third person singular masculine lsquohisrsquo

-ื• and feminine lsquoherrsquo -ื” Often when these suffixes are added to a word the vowels of the5

noun stem contract or are shortened Here ืฉืrarrืฉืž-

5 The letter he marked with a dot (called a mappiq) -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 18

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 19: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

ื”ืฉืž ื•ืฉืž ื™ืฉืž ืฉื

her name his name my name name

52 Construct forms

This lesson teaches terms for family relationships Notice that the words for the relationshipslsquohusbandrsquo and lsquowifersquo are the same as lsquomanrsquo and lsquowomanrsquo

In this lesson you will hear some of the words change form when a possessor follows These arecalled ldquoconstruct formsrdquo in Hebrew grammar and this is a fundamental feature of the structure ofHebrew This is covered in more detail in Lesson 11 but for now just focus on understanding thealternate forms of the words when they have a possessor

Abraham is Isaacrsquos father ื™ืฆื—ืงืื‘ื™ืื‘ืจื”ื ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr

Esau is Jacobrsquos brother ื™ืขืงื‘ืื—ื™ืขืฉื• ืื—ื™ืื— larr

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 19

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 20: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

Sarah is Abrahamrsquos wife ืื‘ืจื”ืืืฉืชืฉืจื” ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

Note that some words change the spelling of their vowels slightly when they are in construct

form but the pronunciation is not affected

David is Jessersquos son ึพื™ืฉื™ื‘ืŸื“ื•ื“ ื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

Rachel is Leahrsquos sister ืœืื”ืื—ื•ืชืจื—ืœ ืื—ื•ืชืื—ื•ืช larr

All nouns that are followed by a possessor are in construct form but some words like ืื andื‘ืช are exactly the same in construct form as their free form (called ldquoabsolute formrdquo)

Sarah is Isaacrsquos mother ื™ืฆื—ืงืืืฉืจื” ืืืื larr

Whose daughter are you

(lit daughter of who (are) you)ึพืžื™ ืืชื‘ืช ื‘ืชื‘ืช larr

Jacob is Leahrsquos husband ืœืื”ืื™ืฉื™ืขืงื‘ ืื™ืฉืื™ืฉ larr

Note that even though the word ืื—ื•ืช aฤงot lsquosisterrsquo ends in -ot -ื•ืช it is singular and not plural6

6 The plural form of ืื—ื•ืช lsquosisterrsquo is not attested in its free absolute form in the Hebrew Bible but it may beืื—ื™ื•ืช lsquosistersrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 20

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 21: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth

53 Letters with two pronunciations

We saw in 32 how the begadkefat letters p ืค and k ื› change their sounds in some contexts and

become fricativized to f and ฯ‡ respectively In this lesson we hear b ื‘ undergoing the same

change After ื•- it loses the dagesh and becomes ื‘ and is pronounced v

k ื› p ืค b ื‘ Stops with dagesh

ฯ‡ ื› f ืค v ื‘ Fricatives without dagesh

ื‘ is a labial letter so it triggers the change of the conjunction from vว- ื•- to u- ื•- that we saw insection 31

ืŸื‘ื• ืŸื‘ ืชื‘ื• ืชื‘

u-ven ben u-vat bat

and a son son and a daughter daughter

54 Maqqef

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef This connects a shortword to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonological word with oneaccented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation It is often optionalin the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you will see mostfrequently

Key helps

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 21

Wholarrืžื™

Ilarrื™ื“ืขืชืื™ื ื ื™ donrsquot know

Alsolarrื’ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 22

Lesson 6 - Prepositions and Location

61 Prepositions

In this lesson we learn some prepositions that describe location relative to an object Theshortest of these is ื‘- which is one of three prepositions ( ืœื›ื‘ ) that consist of only one letterprefixed to the following word and they cannot be separated from the word For that reason theyare often called the inseparable prepositions ื‘- has a broad range of meanings but in theexamples in this lesson it means lsquoinrsquo or lsquoonrsquo As wersquoll see more in later lessons the one-letterprepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”- when they occur together on thesame word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- as in the word ื‘ื‘ื™ืช lsquoin the housersquo or ื‘ื“ืจ lsquoinon theroadrsquo

ืžื“ื‘ืจื‘- + ืžื“ื‘ืจ =ื”- +ื‘ba-midbar - lsquoIn the wildernessrsquo

The other prepositions are not prefixed to the following words but ืขืœึพ is usually connectedwith a maqqef ึพ As discussed briefly in 42 the sentences in this lesson are verbless with thelocation of the subject indicated by simply juxtaposing the prepositional phrase with the subjectNo verb is necessary

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 23

ื”ืคืจืœืคื ื™ื”ืขื–ldquoThe goat (is) in front of the bullrdquo

62 Imperative verb ืฉื™ื

In this lesson we learn our first verb in the imperative (command) form ืฉื™ื sim lsquoputrsquo In the7

video Beth tells Avram to put a cow or horse in specific places

63 ืืชึพ marks definite direct objects

When the direct object of a sentence is definite (ie it has the definite article ื”- is a proper

noun or has a possessive suffix) it is usually marked with the preposition ืืชึพ This preposition

has a purely grammatical meaning that is not translatable into English Like ืขืœึพืืชึพ is usuallylinked to the following word with a maqqef ึพ but sometimes it appears on its own as ืืช

Notice the difference between the sentence in 1 with an indefinite direct object ืคืจื” lsquoa cowrsquo andthe sentence in 3 with a definite direct object ืคืจื”ื”ึพืืช lsquothe cowrsquo

lsquoPut a cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ืฉื™ื 1

lsquoNo this cow is on the housersquo ื”ื–ืืช ืขืœึพื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ื 2

lsquoPut the cow behind the housersquo ืื—ืจื™ ื”ื‘ื™ืชืคืจื”ื”ึพืืชืฉื™ื 3

7 The form ืฉื™ื is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in thevideo) For addressing a single female it would be ืฉืžื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 24

Lesson 7 - Alphabet part 1

This lesson teaches seven letters of the Hebrew alphabet and four vowel points (called niqqud)Hebrew is written right to left and originally was written with only the consonant letters Thesystem of writing vowels below and above the main line of consonants was added sometimeduring the last centuries of the first millenium AD

In discussions of the alphabet and elsewhere wersquoll often explain pronunciations with theInternational Phonetic Alphabet (IPA) If yoursquore not familiar with the IPA you can hear howeach symbol sounds at internationalphoneticalphabetorg

71 Consonants

Aleph ื (usually transliterated as rsquo ) is the first letter of the Hebrew alphabet and is pronouncedas a glottal stop [ส”] the light sound of the throat closing between the vowels in ldquouh-ohrdquo ToEnglish speakers words that start with aleph sound like they start with a vowel but aleph isconsidered a consonant

Bet ื‘ (usually transliterated as b or v) is the second letter of the alphabet and it has two

pronunciations with a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced b and without a dagesh ื‘ it is pronounced v

Yod ื™ (usually transliterated as y) is the tenth letter of the alphabet It has two functions oneconsonantal and one vocalic

1) Yod may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced like y (like ื™ ya)

2) Yod may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ืื™ as a vowel indicator or partof a diphthong)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 25

Tav ืช (usually transliterated as t or th) is the twenty-second and last letter of the alphabet In thepronunciation we use in the videos it is always pronounced t with or without a dagesh8

Shin ืฉ (usually transliterated as ลก or sh) is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet It is alwayspronounced sh [สƒ] with or without a dagesh This letter can be confusing because itrsquos so similar

to ืฉ which will be introduced later Really we could say that the twenty-first letter of the

alphabet is ืฉ and ืฉ and ืฉ are distinct letters under that umbrella The reason they areconsidered distinct letters and given their own place in the aleph-bet song is because themeanings of word roots can completely change depending on which of them you use So in onesense they are the same letter (in terms of the writing system) but in another sense they are notthe same (when counting root consonants) The dot that makes them different is not like the

dagesh dot in the begadkefat letters like ื‘ which simply changes the pronunciation of the letter

but not the meaning of the word So ื‘ and ื‘ are not considered different letters of the alphabet

He ื” (usually transliterated as h) is the fifth letter of the alphabet Like yod it has two functions

1) He may be a consonant with its own vowel pronounced h (like ื” ha)

2) He may accompany a vowel on the preceding letter (like ื‘ื” bah) at the end of a word

As a vowel indicator he does not add any sound ื‘ and ื‘ื” are pronounced the same[ba]

Vav ื• (usually transliterated as w or v) is the sixth letter of the alphabet Like yod and he vav hasboth consonantal and vocalic functions but in this lesson we only encounter consonantal vav as

the prefix conjunction ื•- In the third alphabet lesson (Lesson 13) we will see vav as a vowel

indicator As a consonant vav is pronounced v just like 9ื‘

9 Historically vav was pronounced like a w so you may hear it pronounced like that in classical pronunciationsof Hebrew or hear the letter called waw

8 Some classical pronunciations will pronounce tav without a dagesh ืช as th [ฮธ] Under this system the name ofthe letter ื‘ sounds like the name Beth

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 26

72 Vowels

Qamets (usually transliterated as ฤ) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo

Hireq (usually transliterated as i) is pronounced [i] ldquoeerdquo as in ldquoseerdquo

Pataฤง (usually transliterated as a) is pronounced [a] ldquoahrdquo as in ldquofatherrdquo We pronounce qametsand patah the same but historically qamets was a ldquolong vowelrdquo and pataฤง a ldquoshort vowelrdquo

Shewa (usually transliterated as ว) is pronounced [ว] a short relaxed central vowel like the firstand last vowels of ldquobananardquo in American English [bวหˆnaelignว]10

73 Definite article variants

The definite article ldquotherdquo prefix ื”- consists of the he and pataฤง and it also ldquodoublesrdquo the firstconsonant of the following letter (marking it with a dot called a dagesh)

ื“ื‘ืจืžื“ื‘ืจ = ื”ืžื”- +

ืืฉื = ื”ืฉื”- +

However when ื”- comes before a word that begins with ืขื or ืจ three letters that cannot11

take a dagesh the pataฤง vowel ldquolengthensrdquo to qamets Therefore you will see words beginning

with aleph take the article with qamets ื”- as in ืื™ืฉื” This doesnrsquot affect the pronunciationitrsquos just a spelling rule We recommend not worrying about memorizing the rules right now just

be able to recognize both ื”- and ื”- as the definite article ldquotherdquo when you see them

As discussed in 61 the one-letter prepositions combine with the vowel of the definite article ื”-when they occur together on the same word So ื‘- plus ื”- becomes ื‘- We see this in the word

ื‘ื‘ื™ืช

11 These belong to the group of letters ื”ืืขืจ and ื— that cannot take a dagesh and therefore cause many othervowel changes throughout the language In future lessons you will also see the definite article take the form ื”-before some of these letters

10 Shewa is pronounced as shva in Modern Hebrew and in the field of Linguistics is written as schwa (Hebrew( ืฉื•ื

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 27

ื‘ื™ืชื‘- + ื‘ื™ืช =ื”- +ื‘lsquoin the housersquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 28

Lesson 8 - Parts of the Body

81 Dual forms

Most nouns have forms for two numbers singular (1) and plural (2 or more) However somewords in Hebrew have a dual form (2) instead of or in addition to a plural form (3 or more)Things that come in pairs like many body parts often take dual forms The dual form is12

marked with the suffix -ayim ื™ื -

Dual Singular

two eyes ืขื™ื ื™ื 128065128065 eye ืขื™ืŸ 128065

two ears 13ืื–ื ื™ื 984505984505 ear ืื–ืŸ 984505

two hands ื™ื“ื™ื 984780984780 hand ื™ื“ 984780

two feetlegs ืจื’ืœื™ื 985897985897 footleg ืจื’ืœ 985897

two palms ื›ืคื™ื 985580 palm ื›ืฃ 984880

13 Qamets that appears in a closed unaccented syllable is a qamets hatuf and is pronounced [o] instead of [a]so this word is correctly pronounced lsquooznayimrsquo

12 For body parts that come in pairs the dual form may sometimes be used to refer to more than two ืืจื‘ืขืจื’ืœื™ื lsquofour feetrsquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 29

82 Nouns with plural form only

Some nouns occur only in plural form with no singular form The word panim ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo in

this lesson is one of these Therefore ืคื ื™ื may be translated lsquofacersquo or lsquofacesrsquo depending on thecontext

83 Nouns in construct form

In the last section of the video all the body parts that appear with a possessor such as regel sus

ืกื•ืกืจื’ืœ lsquoa horsersquos footlegrsquo or beten ishah ืืฉื”ื‘ื˜ืŸ lsquoa womanrsquos bellyrsquo are in constructform but they sound the same and are spelled the same in construct form as in their free absolute

form (except yad ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo which changes its spelling to ื™ื“ in the construct form but stillsounds the same) In lesson 11 we will learn more about construct forms

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 30

Lesson 9 - Things good and bad

91 Possessive suffixes review

In this lesson we review the possessive suffixes on the word lsquonamersquo that were introduced in 51Remember that the conjunction ื•- becomes ื•- before words whose first letter has a shewa vowel as in the example below

14ื ืขืžื™ื”ืฉืžื•ืจื•ืชื”ืฉืž ื”ื ื”ืžื™

Her name (is) Ruth and her name (is) Naomi Who (are) they (fem)

92 The word ื“ื‘ืจ

ื“ื‘ืจ means generally lsquothingrsquo or lsquowordrsquo In this lesson it is used in the sense of a physical lsquothingrsquo(1) in the sense of lsquowordrsquo (2) and in the sense of a non-physical lsquothingrsquo referring to amattersituationaffair (3) Senses 2 and 3 are the most common in Biblical Hebrew

What (is) this thing This thing (is) a jar ื›ื“ื”ื–ื”ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจืžื”ึพื” 1

House the man father these (are)words ื“ื‘ืจื™ืืืœื”ืื‘ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

[men fighting in anger] Is this thinggood

No this thing is very bad

ื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื”ื˜ื•ื‘

ืžืื“ืจืขื”ื–ื”ื“ื‘ืจื”ื3

14 In a later lesson we will cover the vowel rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and aแธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] sounds Because of this rule the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is correctly pronounced in BiblicalHebrew Norsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This same rule about qamets in a closed unaccented syllable is also why ื’ืœื™ืช ispronounced Goliat [ษกolหˆjat]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 31

93 Adjectives lsquogoodrsquo and lsquobadrsquo

We learned two adjectives in this lesson ื˜ื•ื‘ lsquogoodrsquo and ืจืข lsquobadrsquo Note that they take thesame suffixes that we learned in 23 agreeing with the noun they modify in gender and number

Feminine Masculine

Sg

a good woman ื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืืฉื” a good man ื˜ื•ื‘ืื™ืฉ

a bad land ื”ืจืขืืจืฅ a bad thing ืจืขื“ื‘ืจ

Pl

good women ื•ืชื˜ื•ื‘ื ืฉื™ื good things ื™ืื˜ื•ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ื

bad women ื•ืชืจืขื ืฉื™ื bad things ื™ืืจืขื“ื‘ืจื™ื

94 The yes-no question marker prefix

So far we have seen many content questions with interrogative pronouns such as ื”ืืžื™ ldquowho

(are) theyrdquo and ืžื”ึพื–ื” ldquowhat (is) thisrdquo On the other hand a ldquoyes-nordquo or ldquopolarrdquo question

(whose answer is a simple yes or no) is usually signaled with the prefix ื”- on the first word ofthe question

ืืœื” ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ื ื”ืื”ื“ื‘ืจื™ืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ื™ืื”(Are) these things good They (are) good

The question marker ื”- sounds just like the definite article ื”- but in writing it usually looks

different because of the ฤงaแนญef pataฤง vowel The two prefixes can usually be distinguishedwithout difficulty from context since the yes-no question marker always attaches to the first wordof the question

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 32

95 Hinneh ื”ื ื”

The word ื”ื ื” is used to draw the hearerrsquos attention to present or point to what follows It hastraditionally been translated in older English versions as lsquobeholdrsquo but a more modern idiomwould be lsquoLook helliprsquo

Look (here are) these people ื”ืืœื”ื”ืื ืฉื™ืื”ื ื”

Lesson 10 - Alphabet part 2

This lesson introduces three more letters of the alphabet and three more vowel points(niqqud)

101 Consonants

Resh ืจ (usually transliterated as r) is the twentieth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced in our videos as an alveolar flap or trill (like the Spanish or Arabic r sound)Most Modern Hebrew speakers pronounce this letter as a voiced uvular fricative (likethe French or German r sound)

Dalet ื“ (usually transliterated as d or แธ) is the fourth letter of the alphabet and ispronounced d with or without a dagesh

Mem ืืž (usually transliterated as m) is the thirteenth letter of the alphabet Mem is oneof five Hebrew letters that have two forms one when it occurs at the beginning or in themiddle of a word and another (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the

end of a word Mem ืž comes at the beginning or in the middle of a word and mem sofit

ื at the end Both are always pronounced m

102 Vowels

Holem (usually transliterated as ล) written as a single dot above and to the left of aletter is pronounced like the vowel [o]

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 33

Tsere (usually transliterated as ฤ“) written as two horizontal dots under a letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in ldquopayrdquo or [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in ldquopetrdquo dependingon the context15

shewa written as two vertical dots under a letter (introduced briefly in lesson 7) hastwo pronunciations

1) [ษ™] a short relaxed central vowel like the first and last vowels of ldquobananardquo inEnglish [bษ™หˆnaelignษ™] This is called a vocal shewa or audible shewa in grammars

When is the core vowel of a syllable such as when it occurs on the first letter

of a word (like (ืฉืžื™ it is pronounced [ษ™]16

2) Silent When comes after a closed syllable (such as in ื‘ืจืžื“ and ืจืืื‘ ) it isnot pronounced and it merely indicates the absence of a vowel This is calledsilent shewa in grammars It does not occur on the final closing consonant of a

word (eg not (ืžื“ื‘ืจ except for in the word ืืช some second person sgfeminine verb forms and the letter kaf which we will see in later lessons

At this point in your learning we recommend not worrying about memorizing all therules for when a shewa is pronounced and when it is silent You can read about them indetail in any good Hebrew grammar if you like but for now we recommend justimitating the sound of the words you hear in the videos

103 Maqqef (review from 54)

You will see some words written connected with a bar ึพ called a maqqef like in ืžื”ึพืฉืžื™ Thisconnects a short word to the word that follows it and marks them as forming one phonologicalword with one accented syllable It does not appreciably affect the meaning or pronunciation Itis often optional in the Hebrew Bible so in these lessons we try to follow the form that you willsee most frequently

16 Modern Hebrew speakers will often not pronounce vocal shewas so for example you may hear ืฉืžื™pronounced as 1-syllable [สƒmi] instead of 2-syllable [สƒษ™mi] Donrsquot let small differences of pronunciation throw youoff just focus on understanding what you hear

15 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce tsere as [e] distinguishing it from tsere + yod ื™ which is then pronounced as a diphthong [ej] In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which does notdistinguish between and ื™ and in which tsere can vary between [e] and [ษ›] depending on context

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 34

Lesson 11 - Construct Forms

111 Plural forms of son and daughter

The plural forms of the family terms ื‘ืŸ lsquosonrsquo and ื‘ืช lsquodaughterrsquo are

ื‘ื ื™ื banim lsquosonsrsquo984570984570984570

ื‘ื ื•ืช banot lsquodaughtersrsquo984575984575984575

112 Construct forms

As briefly introduced in 52 in Hebrew the relationship between two nouns that is usuallyexpressed with the preposition ldquoofrdquo in English (often called genitive in classical languages) isexpressed in Hebrew with what is called a ldquoconstruct chainrdquo A chain may consist of just twonouns as in (1) and (2) or three or more nouns as in (3) and (4)

English joins the nouns withldquoofrdquo

_____ of _____

___of___of___

Hebrew marks a noun asldquopossessedrdquo (the followingnoun is its possessor) byputting it in construct form

ืื‘ื™ืื‘ larr ื”ื ืขืจืื‘ื™the father of the boy

1

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ืŸthe son of Joseph

2

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืชthe house of the wife of the man

3

ื‘ื™ืชื‘ื™ืช larr

ืืฉืชืืฉื” larr

ึพื‘ืŸื‘ืŸ larr

ึพื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื™ืช ืืฉืช ื‘ืŸthe house of the wife of the son ofJoseph

4

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 35

Plural forms ending in ื™ื - or dual forms ending in ื™ื - both change to end in ื™ - inconstruct form

ื‘ื ื™ื‘ื ื™ื larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื™The sons of Joseph

ื ืฉื™ื ืฉื™ื larr

ื™ืขืงื‘ื ืฉื™The wives of Jacob

ืื”ืœื™ืื”ืœื™ื larr

ืื‘ืจื”ืืื”ืœื™ 17

The tents of Abraham

ืขื™ื ื™ืขื™ื ื™ืlarr

ืื‘ืจืืขื™ื ื™The eyes of Avram

Nouns that end in ื” - change to end in ืช - in construct form

ืคืจืชืคืจื” larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃืคืจืชJosephrsquos cow

Plural nouns that end in -ื•ืช usually have their vowels constricted or shortened in construct form

ื‘ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larr

ื™ื•ืกืฃื‘ื ื•ืชThe daughters of Joseph

An important feature of the construct chain structure is that the definiteness of the final noun inthe chain determines the definiteness of the entire chain An indefinite final noun as in (1) meansthe whole chain is indefinite A definite final noun as in (2) and (3) means the whole chain isdefinite

17 The rule that reads a qamets hatuf in a closed unaccented syllable and a แธฅaแนญef qamets both as [o] soundsmeans the word ืื”ืœื™ is correctly pronounced lsquooholey [ส”ohoหˆle] just like the name Naomi ื ืขืžื™ is pronouncednorsquoomi [noส•oหˆmi] This can be a complicated issue that even a lot of Hebrew experts struggle with so donrsquot worry ifyou donrsquot understand it right away

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 36

a house of a man ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 1

129485127968

the house of the man ื”ืื™ืฉื‘ื™ืช 2

the house of Abraham ืื‘ืจื”ืื‘ื™ืช 3

Only the final noun is marked for definiteness so it is incorrect to mark a noun in construct formwith the definite article ื”- as in (4) Instead it should be like (2)

the house of the man ืื™ืฉื”ื‘ื™ืชื”incorrect

4

113 Good or bad in the eyes of

In Hebrew a personrsquos approval or disapproval is expressed with the idiom ldquogoodbad in theireyesrdquo

Is this thing good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ ื”ื–ื”

128065128065

The thing is not good in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืื ื˜ื•ื‘ ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

The thing is bad in the eyes of Avram ื‘ืขื™ื ื™ ืื‘ืจืืจืข ื”ื“ื‘ืจ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 37

Notice that ldquoeyesrdquo in construct form does not have the vowel of the definite article on the

preposition ื‘-

ืขื™ื ื™ื‘ and not ืขื™ื ื™ื‘Instead the definiteness of ldquothe eyes of Avramrdquo comes from the definiteness of the final noun inthe construct chain the proper name Avram

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 38

Lesson 12 - Numbers 1-5

121 Numbers 1-5

This lesson introduces the cardinal numbers one through five Like adjectives numbers havedistinct forms for masculine and feminine nouns When counting the feminine forms are used

With masculinenouns

With femininenouns

1 ืื—ื“ ืื—ืช

2 ืฉื ื™ื ืฉืชื™ื

3 ืฉืฉื” ืฉืœื•ืฉ

4 ืืจื‘ืขื” ืืจื‘ืข

5 ื—ืžืฉื” ื—ืžืฉ

Numbers can appear before or after the noun they modify but the most common pattern is for thenumber one ืื—ื“ืื—ืช to appear after its noun and the rest of the numbers to appear before

129485 one man ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉ

129485129485129485 three menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืืฉืฉื”

129485129485129485129485129485

five menpeople ืื ืฉื™ืื—ืžืฉื”

Not surprisingly the number two ืฉืชื™ื has a dual form It is often shortened to its constructform before the noun it modifies

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 39

two young women ืฉืชื™ ื ืขืจื•ืช ืฉืชื™ืฉืชื™ื larr

two young men ืฉื ื™ ื ืขืจื™ื ืฉื ื™ืฉื ื™ื larr

Hebrew numbers are odd in that the form that appears to be feminine (ending in ื” -) isactually used with masculine nouns (like (ืกื•ืก while the numbers that appear to be masculine(not ending in ื” -) are used with feminine nouns

ืื—ื“ืกื•ืก 128014 ืื—ืชืคืจื” 128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉื ื™ 128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืชื™ 128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืฉืฉื” 128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืฉืœื•ืฉ 128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืืืจื‘ืขื” 128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชืืจื‘ืข 128004128004128004128004

ืกื•ืกื™ืื—ืžืฉื” 128014128014128014128014128014 ืคืจื•ืชื—ืžืฉ 128004128004128004128004128004

122 Imperative verb ืงื—

In this lesson we learn another verb in the imperative (command) form ืงื— qaฤง lsquotakersquo Beth18

tells Avram to take various numbers of cows horses or people

18 The form ืงื— is masculine singular so it is only used when addressing a single male (like Avram in the video)For addressing a single female it would be ืงื—ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 40

123 All - ื›ืœื›ืœึพ

ื›ืœ (usually written ื›ืœึพ both pronounced kol ) means ldquoallrdquo ldquoeveryrdquo or ldquoentirerdquo19

In this lesson we only hear it in the sense of ldquoallrdquo when Beth tells Avram to take all the horsesall the people etc

all the horses ึพื”ืกื•ืกื™ืื›ืœ

every man ึพืื™ืฉื›ืœ

the entire house ึพื”ื‘ื™ืชื›ืœ

19 This is pronounced [kol] because of the rule about qamets hatuf pronounced [o] in a closed unaccentedsyllable

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 41

Lesson 13 - Alphabet part 3

131 Consonants

Lamed ืœ (usually transliterated as l) is the twelfth letter of the alphabet It is always pronouncedlike the letter l with or without a dagesh

Nun ืŸื  (usually transliterated as n) is the fourteenth letter of the alphabet Nun is like

mem having two forms nun whenื  it occurs at the beginning or in the middle of a

word and nun sofit ืŸ (the sofit form sofit means lsquofinalrsquo) when it occurs at the end of aword Both are always pronounced n

132 Vowels

Segol (usually transliterated as e) written as three dots in a triangle under the letter ispronounced like the vowel sound [ษ›] ldquoehrdquo as in lsquopetrsquo or [e] ldquoeyrdquo as in lsquopayrsquo depending on thecontext20

Vav in its consonantal use occurs in lessons 7 and 10 pronounced [v] as in the conjunction ื•-Now we learn the two vocalic uses of vav

Holem vav ื• (usually transliterated as ocirc) is pronounced [o] as in lsquocorersquo

Shureq ื• (usually transliterated as ucirc) is pronounced [u] as in flutersquo21

There is an another [u] vowel called qibbuts that is written as three dots in a diagonal line

under the letter and is pronounced exactly the same as shureq ื• (usually transliterated as u)This vowel is infrequent We donrsquot teach it in the first five alphabet videos because it will still be

21 Occasionally consonantal vav appears with a dagesh ื• and thus looks exactly the same as shureq ื• You candistinguish consonantal vav with dagesh (pronounced [v]) from shureq (pronounced [u]) because vav with dageshwill have another vowel with it such as ื•ื•ื•

20 Some pronunciation systems will consistently pronounce segol as [ษ›] distinguishing it from tsere [e]In our videos we follow Modern Hebrew which pronounces segol and tsere both as either [ษ›] or [e]depending on context For example both ื‘ืŸ and its construct form ื‘ืŸ are pronounced [bษ›n] with an [ษ›] vowelwhile the words ืฉื“ื” and its construct form ืฉื“ื” both end in an [e] vowel

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 42

a long time before we learn any words that are spelled with qibbuts Just be aware that it exists22

and that you will see it in lists of Hebrew niqqud or vowel pointings

133 Letters with two pronunciations

As introduced in 32 and 53 the begadkefat letters lose their dagesh in certain contexts Thegeneral pattern is that they lose the dagesh when they appear between two vowels such as after

the conjunction ื•- or ื•- as in ื•ื‘ืช u-vat lsquoand a daughterrsquo

Another of these contexts that frequently (but not always) triggers a loss of dagesh in abegadkefat letter is when the preceding word ends with an accented vowel In this lesson we see

how the letter bet ื‘ loses its dagesh after ืฉืฉื” and ืฉืชื™ืฉื ื™ words that end in an accentedvowel (shษ™loshaacuteh shษ™teacutey shษ™neacutey)

ืชื™ืื‘ืชื™ื larrื‘ ื ื•ืชื‘ื ื•ืช larrื‘

ื” ื‘ืชื™ื ืฉืฉthree houses

127968127968127968

ื™ ื‘ื ื•ืช ืฉืชtwo daughters

984575984575

The word ืœื” ื also ends with a vowel but because it is the first syllable that is accented insteadof the last one (lsquoeacutelleh) it does not trigger the change23

ืœื” ื ื™ืื‘ืThese (are) sons

23 The patterns for begadkefat letters losing the dagesh across word boundaries are general tendencies more thanstrict rules It is not hard to find exceptions in the Hebrew Bible

22 Very few basic vocabulary words are spelled with qibbuts It usually occurs in morphologically complexwords When a suffix is added to a verb ending in shureq ื• that shureq that is now in the middle of the word isfrequently changed into a qibbuts

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 43

Lesson 14 - Nature and existence clauses

141 Nouns with plural form only

Like the word ืคื ื™ื that we learned in lesson 8 ืฉืžื™ื lsquoskyskiesrsquo and ืžื™ื lsquowaterwatersrsquo are bothalways plural They have no singular form Therefore any adjectives demonstratives or verbsthat agree with them will also be plural

ื”ืืœื”ื”ืžื™ื - this water (lit these waters)

ืจื‘ื™ืืžื™ื - much water (lit many waters)

142 Metaphorical uses of body parts

Hebrew is rich with metaphorical uses of body parts In this lesson we see the word ืฉืคื” lsquoliprsquo

used metaphorically to mean lsquoshorersquo or lsquoedgersquo and the word ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo to mean lsquosurfacersquo

ื”ื™ืืฉืคืช - the seashore (lit the lip of the

sea)

ื”ืžื™ืืคื ื™ - the surface of the water (lit

the face of the water)

143 Day and night adverbs

The words ื™ื•ื yom lsquodayrsquo and ืœื™ืœื” lailah lsquonightrsquo have different adverbial forms when

expressing the idea lsquoby dayduring the dayrsquo and lsquobyat nightrsquo ื™ื•ื takes a suffix and becomes

ื™ื•ืžื yomam lsquoby dayrsquo while ืœื™ืœื” is often unchanged when is means lsquoby nightrsquo ืœื™ืœื” may also

sometimes take the preposition ื‘- and become ื‘ืœื™ืœื” lsquoby nightrsquo or literally lsquoin the nightrsquo

ื™ื•ืžืื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจThe man (is) in the wilderness by day

ื™ื•ืday

ืœื™ืœื”ื”ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืžื“ื‘ืจ ืœื™ืœื” 127762

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 44

The man (is) in the wilderness by night night

144 Collective nouns

Hebrew has many collective nouns that are singular in form but usually refer to a plurality Many

of these collective nouns refer to different groups of animals ื“ื’ื” dagah lsquofishrsquo is one of these

There are two versions of the word for lsquofishrsquo ื“ื’ื” is feminine and collective (uncountable no

plural form) and ื“ื’ is masculine and is not collective (countable has a plural form (ื“ื’ื™ืThough they are different in their grammatical features there is no apparent difference in

meaning between the two words for fish In fact both ื“ื’ and ื“ื’ื” are used to refer to the samesingle large fish in the book of Jonah

ืขื•ืฃ is another collective noun always singular in form but referring almost always to aplurality of birds

ื”ื™ืื“ื’ืช - the fish of the sea

ื”ืฉืžื™ืืขื•ืฃ - the birds of the skies

145 Existence clauses

There are two short words that indicate the existence or non-existence of something The positive

is ื™ืฉ yesh lsquothere isrsquo and the negative is ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin lsquothere is notrsquo ืื™ืŸ rsquoayin has a construct form

ืื™ืŸ rsquoeyn that is used when something follows ื™ืฉ yesh is often written ื™ืฉึพ and sometimes ื™ืฉึพ

There is a man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ื™ืฉ there is ื™ืฉ

There is no man in the field ืื™ืฉ ื‘ืฉื“ื”ืื™ืŸ there is not ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 45

When asking a question about the existence of something the question marker ื”- prefixes to

ื™ืฉ to make ื”ื™ืฉ lsquois therehelliprsquo or to ืื™ืŸ to make ื”ืื™ืŸ lsquois there nothelliprsquo (the latter does notappear in the lesson 14 video) Biblical Hebrew had no general word for lsquoyesrsquo so to answer aquestion affirmatively a Hebrew speaker would repeat the relevant verb or other part of the

question in the affirmative So ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ can indicate lsquoyesrsquo and lsquonorsquo respectively when used toanswer a question of existence

ื™ืฉYes (lit there is)

ื”ื™ืฉ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“Is there water in the jar

ืื™ืŸ ืื™ืŸ ืžื™ื ื‘ื›ื“No there is no water in the jar

(lit there is none there is no water in thejar)

Notice the difference in the vowels under the ื‘ in the following two sentences

ื“ื‘ืจืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ื™ืฉ - there is something in Avramrsquos hand

ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ื“ื‘ืจื™ืฉ - there is something in this hand

Remember that a noun in construct form will not take the definite article ื”- (section 112) so

there is no definite article on lsquohandrsquo in the phrase ืื‘ืจืื™ื“ื‘ lsquothe hand of Avramrsquo Insteadlsquohandrsquo is definite because the final word in the construct chain lsquoAvramrsquo is definite By contrast

in the phrase ื”ื–ืืชื™ื“ื‘ lsquothis handrsquo lsquohandrsquo is not in construct form and does take the definite

article which we see in the pataฤง vowel under the ื‘- preposition (section 61)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 46

Lesson 15 - Geography and more

151 Muchmany

The word ืจื‘ lsquomuchmanyrsquo is an adjective that agrees with the noun in gender and number so ithas four possible forms Collective nouns because they are singular in form take singularadjectives

Pl Sg

ืจื‘ื™ืื›ื‘ืฉื™ืmany sheep

ืจื‘ื‘ืงืจmuch cattle

Masc

ืจื‘ื•ืชืคืจื•ืชmany cows

ืจื‘ื”ื“ื’ื”muchmany fish

Fem

152 Collective nouns

We learn two more collective nouns in this lesson again referring to groups of animals ืฆืืŸtsorsquon and ื‘ืงืจ baqar are singular in form though almost always referring to a plural group

ืฆืืŸ is typically translated into English as lsquoflock(s)rsquo and it includes sheep goats rams etc

ื‘ืงืจ is usually translated lsquocattlersquo or lsquoherd(s)rsquo and includes cows bulls oxen etc

153 Rivers and wadis

There are two words for waterways in Hebrew that sound a bit similar but

refer to different types of waterways ืจ ื ื” nahaacuter refers to a larger river like

the Jordan and ื—ืœ ื  naacuteฤงal to a torrent of rushing water a stream or a wadiA wadi like in the picture on the right is a stream that flows deep in desert

ravines and may dry up and disappear seasonally ื ื—ืœ can refer to thestream of water or to the dry streambed at the bottom of the ravine Wadisare common in the desert mountains to either side of the Jordan RiverValley

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 47

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 48

Lesson 16 - Alphabet part 4

161 Consonants

Gimel ื’ is the third letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced ษก with or without dagesh

Sin ืฉ is the twenty-first letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced s with or without

dagesh Check out section 71 to understand how ืฉ and ืฉ are different

Kaf ื›ื›ืš is the eleventh letter of the alphabet and is pronounced k when it has a dagesh ื›ืš and ฯ‡ (a uvular trill like German Bach or in the English sound of disgust ldquoyeachrdquo) when it has no

dagesh ื›

Kaf also has a sofit (final) form ืš Kaf sofit is unique in that unlike other sofit forms that

almost never take vowels it must take either the qamets vowel for the ending ฯ‡a or

ldquokhardquo or the silent shewa vowel when it has no vowel after it24

Pe ืคืคืฃ is the seventeenth letter of the alphabet and is pronounced p when it has a dagesh ืค

and f when it has no dagesh ืคืฃ Pe sofit ืฃ is always pronounced f

24 Very rarely kaf sofit may take a dagesh ืš and be pronounced k at the end of a word

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 49

Lesson 17 - Lamed and Possession

171 Expressing possession

Hebrew has no verb that corresponds to the English verb lsquoto haversquo Instead Hebrew expresses

possession by saying a thing is lsquoto mersquo or lsquoto himrsquo using the preposition ืœ- Like ื‘- (section

61) ืœ- is always adjoined to the noun after it or else it takes a pronominal suffix as below

Person SgMasc Fem

PlMasc Fem

1ืœื™

to meืœื ื•to us

2ืœ

to you (mascsg)ืœ

to you (femsg)ืœื›ื

to you (mascpl)ืœื›ืŸ

to you (fempl)

3ืœื•

to him25ืœื”

to herืœื”ื

to them (masc)ืœื”ืŸ

to them (fem)

This is often combined with the existence words ื™ืฉ and ืื™ืŸ (section 145) forming a phrase

like ื™ืฉึพืœื™__ lsquoI have __rsquo or literally lsquothere is __ to mersquo and __ ืื™ืŸึพืœื• lsquohe does not have __rsquo orlsquothere is no __ to himrsquo

ื™ืฉึพืœื™ ื“ื‘ืจื™ื ืจื‘ื™ืI have many things

ืื™ืŸึพืœื™ ื›ื‘ืฉI donrsquot have a sheep

ื™ืฉึพืœื”ื ืกื•ืกThey have a horse

25 The letter he marked with a dagesh -ื” -ahh distinguishes it from a qamets he ending ื” -a

ื” - is pronounced with an h sound at the end instead of a pure a vowel like ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 50

Likewise combining the existence words with the yes-no question prefix we can ask lsquodo youhave ___rsquo

ื”ื™ืฉ ืœ ื›ื“Do you (femsg) have a jar

172 Adjectives as nouns

In the Bible verse Genesis 2916 we encounter adjectives that take the definite article prefix andare being used as nouns which is common in Biblical Hebrew

ืจื—ืœื”ืงื˜ื ื”ื•ืฉืืœืื”ื”ื’ื“ืœื”ืฉืื‘ื ื•ืชืฉืชื™ื•ืœืœื‘ืŸ

And Laban had two daughters the name of the older one (was) Leah and the name of theyounger one (was) Rachel

ื”ื’ื“ืœื” ndash lsquothe bigolder one (fem)rsquo

ื”ืงื˜ื ื” ndash lsquothe smallyounger one (fem)rsquo

Key helps

I donrsquot have anything larr ืžืื•ืžื”ืœื™ืื™ืŸ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 51

Lesson 18 - Children and Elders

181 Vocabulary Notes

There are no new grammar points in this video but here are a few notes on the new vocabularyintroduced in this lesson We learn singular and plural nouns plus their construct forms (whenfollowed by a possessor see lesson 11)

Pl Constr Sg Constr Plural Singular

ื”ืื™ืฉื™ืœื“ื™The boys of the man

yษ™ladim984570984570984570ื™ืœื“ื™ื yeledื™ืœื“ 984570

ื”ืืฉื”ื™ืœื“ืชThe girl of the woman

yษ™ladot984575984575984575ื™ืœื“ื•ืช yaldahื™ืœื“ื” 984575

ื™ืฉืจืืœื–ืงื ื™The elders of Israel

zษ™qenim984615984615984615ื–ืงื ื™ื zaqenื–ืงืŸ 984615

ืขื lsquoam is a collective noun for lsquopeoplersquo

ื•ื™ื”ื™ vayyษ™hi is a form of the verb lsquoto bersquo that starts a story sequence like ldquoThere washelliprdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 52

Lesson 19 - Alphabet part 5

191 Consonants

ื– zayin is the seventh letter of the alphabet and is always pronounced z with or without adagesh

ืข lsquoayin is the sixteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicedpharyngeal fricative [ส•] This sound also found in Arabic is made by tightening the muscles ofthe throat to constrict the pharynx while vibrating the vocal cords You can practice this sound 1)

by first pronouncing ื— ฤงet and then adding the vibration of the vocal cords or 2) by making thesound of a German French or Modern Hebrew r and then moving the same constrictingmovement as far back in the throat as possible26

ืฆืฅ tsade is the eighteenth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced ts with or without a

dagesh Tsade sofit ืฅ is also always pronounced ts

ื— ฤงet is the eighth letter of the alphabet and it is pronounced in our videos as a voicelesspharyngeal fricative [ฤง] Just like lsquoayin this sound is found in Arabic and is made byconstricting the muscles of the throat to tighten the pharynx The difference from lsquoayin is that thevocal cords are not vibrated when pronouncing ฤงet producing a deep and rough h sound You

can practice this sound 1) by first pronouncing ืข lsquoayin and then stopping the vibration of thevocal cords or 2) by starting with the ฯ‡ sound of kaf with no dagesh (like German Bach or the

sound at the end of the word (ืžืœ and moving the same constricting movement as far back inthe throat as possible (once you get back into the throat you will no longer be able to vibrate theuvula like you do with ฯ‡)27

27 In Modern Hebrew ฤงet is usually pronounced the same as kaf with no dagesh [ฯ‡] The pharyngeal fricativepronunciation is more historical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

26 In Modern Hebrew lsquoayin is usually pronounced the same as aleph - the pharyngeal fricative pronunciation is morehistorical though still preserved in some dialects of Hebrew today

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 53

ืง qof is the nineteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced k with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ื› kaf with adagesh28

ื˜ tet is the ninth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced t with or without a dagesh This means that it sounds the same as ืช tav

ืก samekh is the fifteenth letter of the alphabet and in Modern Hebrew and in our videos it is

pronounced s with or without a dagesh This means that is sounds the same as ืฉ sin

192 Reduced pataฤง

ฤงatef pataฤง or reduced pataฤง is a shortened version of pataฤง and is pronounced a just likepataฤง but a little shorter

It only occurs on letters that cannot take a vocalaudible shewa vowel the guttural letters ื—ืืข and ื” This means that you will usually see this vowel under one of these four letters at thebeginning of words that would normally begin with shewa because of the vowel patternCompare the two plural forms

ื‘ืฉื™ืื› ndash sheep ื ืฉื™ืื - people

According to the pattern the first vowel would normally be a shewa as in ื‘ืฉื™ืื› but because

ื ืฉื™ืื starts with aleph the first vowel is ฤงatef pataฤง instead

193 Furtive pataฤง

When pataฤง appears on ืขื— or ื” at the end of a word it is pronounced before the consonantinstead of after This is represented by the fact that it is written slightly more to the right than anormal pataฤง This is called a ldquofurtive pataฤงrdquo or a ldquotransitional pataฤงrdquo

28 Historically it was pronounced further back in the throat than k so it is usually transliterated as q which representsa voiceless uvular stop

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 54

furtivepataฤง pronounced aฤง

ื—normal pataฤง pronounced ฤงa

The furtive pataฤง is an a sound inserted to make the transition between the previous vowel andthe guttural consonant easier to pronounce So far the only word we have learned that contains a

furtive pataฤง is ื™ืจื— yareaฤง lsquomoonrsquo (Note that most Modern Hebrew fonts do not include aspecial furtive pataฤง character that is on the right side instead of centered including the TimesNew Roman font in this document)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 55

Lesson 20 - Asher amp Relative Clauses

201 Morphology of prepositions

Some prepositions were derived from parts of the body in their construct forms

ืœื™ื“ lsquonext torsquo from ื™ื“ lsquohandrsquo rarr lit lsquoto the hand ofhelliprsquo

ืœืคื ื™ lsquoin front ofrsquo from ืคื ื™ื lsquofacersquo rarr lit lsquoto the face ofhelliprsquo

(Recall that the construct form of ืคื ื™ื is ืคื ื™ as in ืื‘ืจืืคื ื™lsquoAvramrsquos facersquo)

202 Inseparable prepositions with the definite article

There are three prepositions in Hebrew that consist of only one letter and always affix to the

word that follows These are - ืœื‘- and ื›- (the last one will be introduced in lesson 41) When

these affix to a noun that has a definite article ื”- or ื”- ha- lsquothersquo the letter ื” he disappears andthe preposition takes the vowel of the article (We saw this briefly in 73)

inrsquoืžื“ื‘ืจื‘larrืžื“ื‘ืจ+ื”+ื‘ the wildernesslsquo

inrsquoืฉื“ื”ื‘=ืฉื“ื”+ื”+ื‘ the fieldlsquo

Contrast the two words below with and without the definite article

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ืœ a womanlsquo

torsquoืืฉื”ืœlarrืืฉื”+ื”+ืœ the womanlsquo

203 When ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) (Review from 31)

In some contexts ื•- (vว-) becomes ื•- (u-) depending on the word it is attached to This soundchange happens

1) before the labial (involving the lips) letters ืžื‘ืค (and ื• when it is pronounced asconsonant v)

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 56

2) before a word with shewa vowel under the first letter as in ื ืขืจื•ืชื•ื’ืžืœื™ืื• etc

204 Relative Pronoun ืืฉืจ rsquoasher

The word ืืฉืจ rsquoasher functions as a relative pronoun like lsquothatrsquo lsquowhorsquo or lsquowhichrsquo in English Itintroduces a relative clause such as ldquothe man that is in the fieldrdquo or ldquothe woman who came to thehouserdquo

Where is the boy that is on a donkey

He is the boy that is on a donkey

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ื™ืœื“

ืขืœึพื—ืžื•ืจืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ื™ืœื“

Where is the man who has a boy

He is the man who has a boy

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจืื™ื” ื”ืื™ืฉ

ื™ืฉึพืœื• ื™ืœื“ืืฉืจื”ื•ื ื”ืื™ืฉ

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 57

Lesson 20b - Writing the Hebrew Alphabet

20b1 The Hebrew Alphabet or Aleph-Bet

The Hebrew alphabet didnrsquot always look like you see it today Sometime before 1500 BCSemites somewhere between Phoenicia and Sinai devised an alphabet that used symbols thatlooked like little pictures of animals and objects You can read more about the most ancientversions of the Hebrew alphabet here

Today the Hebrew alphabet we use is also known as the ldquoaramaic square scriptrdquo It hastwenty-two consonants and was written with only consonants for thousands of years Eventuallyfour of the letters ื”) and ื• for example) were sometimes used to represent vowels as we can seein the Dead Sea Scrolls

The scrolls used in Jewish synagogues are still written without vowels and modern Hebrew alsodoes not usually represent the vowels (except in poetry and childrenrsquos books) A system of vowelsymbols was gradually added to the Hebrew Old Testament in order to preserve the traditionalpronunciation of the language The process of adding vowels (also known as niqqud) beganabout AD 700 and was finished by around AD 950 These vowels we see in our Hebrew biblestoday were added by scribes called Masoretes

Itrsquos important to memorize the letters in order so that you can use a lexicondictionary Makesure to use the alphabet song to do that

When you learn to write the alphabet practice following the video and write each letter at leastten times Keep writing until you feel comfortable writing the letters at a good speed Write thealphabet in order twenty times including the final (sofit) forms of the letters that have them (for

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 58

example ื ืŸ ) For those of you who want to learn to type Hebrew this page will give someoptions

Lesson 21- Verbs come amp go (qatal singular)

211 Introduction to the Hebrew Verb

Hebrew verbs are made up of three letter roots By adding suffixes and prefixes to that root orby changing vowel patterns you can change what the verb communicates For example in this

video we see that a man walkedwent (ื”ืœ) This verb is what we could classify as athird-person-masculine-singular (3MS) verb That means that the third person (he or she) isdoing the action a man is doing the action and only one man is doing the action (singular) hewalked In a lot of Hebrew grammars and commentaries yoursquoll see authors talking about whichperson is doing the action first second or third Here are what those numbers refer to for futurereference

1st person me we2nd person you or yrsquoall3rd person he she they

So if we change the root ื”ืœ (which means ldquohe walkedwentrdquo) to ื”ืœื›ื” (by adding ึพื” to theend as a suffix) then the meaning changes to ldquoshe walkedrdquo Herersquos another example from thevideo

He came-ื‘ืShe came-ื‘ืื”

I came-ื‘ืืชื™

Itrsquos important to understand that in our videos we are first focusing on verb forms thatcommunicate an action that was completed that already happened or happened in the past Youwonrsquot see infinitives or participles or other forms of verbs for a while This is because most ofthe Hebrew Bible is narrative describing things that happened in the past so naturally thesekinds of verbs are the most common They will equip you to read more of the Bible sooner

212 Aspect

Hebrew doesnrsquot have verb tenses like English Instead it has aspects Verbal aspect is a way oftalking about an action that depends on the speakerrsquos point of view Hebrew has two basicaspects imperfective and perfective Perfective aspect communicates something that has been

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 59

completed (often in the past) and imperfective aspect communicates something that hasnrsquot beencompleted (often in the future) One conjugation of the perfective aspect is called qatal which is

introduced in this video Qatal gets its name from the Hebrew verb ืงื˜ืœ to kill which is oftenused in charts showing how to conjugate verbs in Hebrew You can think of the qatal verb formsas the most basic ones that communicate completed actions

213 Weak and Strong Verbs

In Hebrew as with other languages there are regular and irregular verbs Irregular verbs changein irregular ways when you add affixes (prefixes or suffixes) whereas regular verbs are morepredictable in how they will look and sound when you change them For example in Englishwalk is a regular verb because walk is always there when you conjugate it I walk he walks Iwalked he walked etc But the verb go is irregular in English because you canrsquot simply say ldquoIgoedrdquo to communicate what you did in the past Instead you have to say ldquoI wentrdquo Irregular verbstend to be verbs that are used a lot so that means that you will be learning many irregular verbsfirst in Hebrew because they are so common

Most of the time regular irregular Hebrew verbs are called weak verbs because they contain a

letter or two that can easily be swallowed up by another one For example ื” is a weak letterbecause itrsquos just a breath and can easily get replaced by other sounds when they are added Wersquollexplain more about this later On the other hand regular Hebrew verbs are usually called strongverbs

214 Binyanim amp Qal

Hebrew not only has different aspects but it also has stems or binyanim There are seven mainbinyanim and our videos introduce you first to the one called Qal So you can assume that allthe verbs yoursquoll be seeing for a while will be qal which is the simplest stem If yoursquore going tolook up a verb in a biblical Hebrew dictionary or lexicon the entry will always appear as the qalform of the verb third person masculine singular (3MS) So for example if you saw the verb

ื”ืœื›ื” and needed to look it up in a lexicon you would want to look for the basic three-letter root

form ื”ืœืš

Lesson 22 - Say amp Imperatives

221 ืืžืจ - he said

In this lesson we introduce the verb ldquosayrdquo ืืžืจ Remember that we are focusing first onperfective aspect verbs which are verbs that describe an action that has been completed In the

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 60

case of this lesson we are describing things that happened in the past So ืืžืจ means ldquohe saidrdquo

and is the form that yoursquoll find in the dictionary Here are the rest of the forms of ืืžืจ presentedin the video

She said (qatal 3FS)ืืžืจื”

You (feminine) said (qatal2FS)

ืืžืจืช

You (masculine) said (qatal2MS)

ืืžืจืช

I said (qatal 1CS)ืืžืจืชื™

222 Imperatives

An imperative is a command The first command we see in this lesson is ืœ which is what you

would say to a manboy if you want him to go If you say ldquoGordquo to a woman the word is ืœื›ื™

The root of this command is the verb we learned in the last lesson ื”ืœืš which is the form you

would look up in the dictionarylexicon Notice that the ื” at the beginning got chopped off Thiskind of chopping will happen often with Hebrew imperatives when the verb root has weak letters

like ื” (see the last lesson) But a verb like ื‘ื wonrsquot lose its first letter when pronounced as a

command Instead it will simply change vowels In the video Beth commands Avram ื‘ื•ื This

is the masculine imperative form of ื‘ื But if Avram commands Beth to come he must use the

feminine form ื‘ื•ืื™

Imperative verbs only occur for the second person youyrsquoall The imperative forms in Hebreware only used for positive commands not for negative ones If you want to say ldquoDonrsquot gordquoHebrew has another form for that which we will learn later So for example the tencommandments are not imperative Hebrew forms because they are negative commands

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 61

223 The vayyiqtol or vav-consecutive-imperfect

Unlike English Hebrew has a special verb form for telling stories This is called thevav-consecutive-imperfect or vayyiqtol (also known as waw-consecutive-imperfect or wayyiqtolin other textbooks) Biblical Hebrew uses this verb form to string verbs together like a chain toform a narrative This may be hard to wrap your mind around but yoursquore going to see thousandsof these forms in the Hebrew Bible so itrsquos important to take the time to grasp it

As wersquove already explained ืืžืจ (he said) is a verb with perfective aspect (completed action)which often communicates past events This may seem like itrsquos precisely the kind of verb to tell astory with in Hebrew but thatrsquos not how Hebrew works Therersquos another conjugation that youuse when yoursquore telling a sequence of events in a story the vayyiqtol form In the video you see

the first example of this ื•ื™ืืžืจ In simplified terms when you add the ื•ื™ prefix to a verb youget the vayyiqtol form which is used for narratives Qatal and vayyiqtol verbs have the same

perfective aspect usually communicating past actions So both ืืžืจ and ื•ื™ืืžืจ essentiallycommunicate the same thing ldquohe saidrdquo But many English translations will often translate the ื•as and ldquoand he saidrdquo And if you think about it most native English speakers find it natural touse and a lot when theyrsquore telling stories ldquothis happened and this happened and thishappenedhelliprdquo Hebrew does the same kind of thing

So in the video when Beth is recounting a sequence of events that happened she says

ืฉืœื•ืืื‘ืจืื•ื™ืืžืจืฉืœื•ืืืœึพืื‘ืจืืืžืจืชื™I said to Avram ldquoShalomrdquo And Avram said ldquoShalomrdquo

Herersquos one more example

ืื ื›ื™ื‘ืŸึพื™ืฆื—ืงื•ื™ืืžืจืืชื”ื‘ืŸึพืžื™ืืœึพื™ืขืงื‘ืืžืจืชื™I said to Jacob ldquoWhose son are yourdquo And he said ldquoIrsquom the son of Isaacrdquo

Lesson 23 - Possessive Suffixes part 1 amp Body Parts

231 Possessive Suffixes

In Hebrew if you want to say that something belongs to someone you can add a suffix onto theend of a word These are called possessive or pronominal suffixes For example to say ldquoMy

headrdquo simply take the word ืจืืฉ and put a hireq-yod ื™ on the end of it and you get ืจืืฉื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 62

With a word like mouth ืคื” you lose the weak letter ื” when you add the possessive suffix ืคื™ldquomy mouthrdquo

Here are some more examples

ืืฃ larr ืืคื™my nose larr nose

ื›ืคื™larrื›ืฃmy palm larr palm

The -ื• suffix is the 3MS (third-masculine-singular) suffix his So ldquohis

namerdquo would be ื•ืฉืž If a vowel comes before the 3MS suffix then it

will turn into a simple vav ืคื™ื•larrืคื™ ldquomy mouthrdquo To say ldquoher namerdquo

you use the ื” - suffix ืฉืžื” Keep in mind that ื” has an

aspiratedrough sound to distinguish it from a simple ื” ending

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

His (3MS)128115 ื•

Her (3FS)128105 ื”

Your (2MS)128115

Your (2FS)128105

My (1CS)128105128115 ื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 63

Lesson 24 - Possessive Suffixes part 2 amp Family Terms

241 Family Terms

In this lesson a new term is introduced ืื‘ื‘ื™ืช ldquoA fatherrsquoshouserdquo This refers to a family So Beth introduces her own

family saying ldquoThis is my fatherrsquos houserdquo ืื‘ื™ื‘ื™ืชื–ื” The next segment helps reinforce the 1CS possessive suffix(my) from the previous lesson when she says ldquoHe is my

fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื and ldquoShe is my motherrdquo ืืžื™ื”ื™ื and

ldquohe is my brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื”ื•ื ldquoshe is my sisterrdquo ืื—ืชื™ื”ื™ื etc

When Avramrsquos father is introduced yoursquoll hear ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื Even though ืื‘ื™ sounds

exactly the same as ืื‘ื™ they arenrsquot the same ืื‘ื™ means ldquofather ofrdquo and ืื‘ื™ means ldquomy

fatherrdquo Notice the subtle difference in the vowels under the ื In technical terms ืื‘ื™ is the

construct form of ืื‘ Remember that when something is in a construct relationship with aproper name (eg _____ of Name) it is understood as definite (which means it has the word

ldquotherdquo in front of it) So the phrase ืื‘ืจืืื‘ื™ื”ื•ื means ldquoHe is the father of Avramrdquo and notldquoHe is a father of Avramrdquo

Another tricky thing to keep in mind when addingpossessive suffixes to family terms is when saying ldquoI

am her husbandmanrdquo ืื™ืฉื”ืื ื™ When Avram says thisabout Beth it sounds very much like hersquos saying ldquoI am a

womanrdquo ืืฉื”ืื ื™ This is why itrsquos important to aspirate

the ื” at the end to distinguish it as the possessive ldquoherrdquo(as in ldquoher husbandrdquo)

Later in the video we see that when the 3FS possessive suffix ื” comes after ื™ it turns into

ื™ื” This happens in phrases like ldquoher brotherrdquo ืื—ื™ื” and ldquoher fatherrdquo ืื‘ื™ื”

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 64

In this lesson we are introduced to more possessive suffixes and how they attach to singularnouns The first is ldquoourrdquo (1CP = first-person-common-plural) So to say ldquoour horserdquo you would

take the word ืกื•ืก and add the suffix ื ื• to it ื ื•ืกื•ืก ldquoOur house rdquo(ื‘ื™ืช) would be ื ื•ื‘ื™ืช

The -ื›ื suffix communicates ldquoyourrdquo=possessed by yrsquoall (you plural) In technical terms it is the

2MP (second-masculine-plural) pronominal suffix Bethrsquos first example is ื‘ื™ืชื›ืืœื™ืฉ whichmeans literally ldquoThere is to you a houserdquo which is better translated as ldquoYou have a houserdquo To

say ldquoThis is your houserdquo you would say ื›ืื‘ื™ืชื–ื” If you want to say that something belongs

to a group of women then the suffix changes to -ื›ืŸ For example ldquoHe is your fatherrdquo ื”ื•ืื›ืŸืื‘ื™ or ldquoHe is your brotherrdquo ื›ืŸืื—ื™

The following chart provides all the possessive suffixes presented in the video

Their (3MP)128115128115 ื

Their (3FP)128105128105 ืŸ

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2MP)128115128115

ื›ื

Youryrsquoallrsquos(2FP)128105128105

ื›ืŸ

Our (1CP)128105128115 ื ื•

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 65

Lesson 25 - Hear amp Obey

251 VoiceSound - ืงื•ืœ

The word for voice or sound is introduced in this lesson ืงื•ืœ Make sure not to confuse ืงื•ืœ with

ื›ืœ or ื›ืœึพ which means allevery The construct form of ืงื•ืœ is the same as itrsquos normal or

absolute form so to say ldquovoice of a manrdquo or ldquoa manrsquos voicerdquo you would simply say ืื™ืฉืงื•ืœ

ldquoThe sound of feetrdquo would simply be ืจื’ืœื™ืืงื•ืœ

252 Hear amp Obey

In biblical Hebrew the same verb is used to communicate both hearing and obeying ืฉืžืข Onceagain all the uses of the verb in this video are in perfective aspect communicating completed or

past action ืฉืžืข is the root of the verb the lexicaldictionary form and means ldquohe heardrdquo Hereare some examples of its conjugation

ืฉืžืขืื‘ืจืAvram heard (3MS)

ืฉืžืขื”ื‘ืชBeth heard (3FS)

ืขืชื™ืื ื™ ืฉืžI heard (1CS)

So how do you know when ืฉืžืข means hear or obey Answer when it is used in combination

with ื‘ืงื•ืœ In the word ื‘ืงื•ืœ the ื‘ is acting as a kind of direct object marker on ืงื•ืœ Many

Hebrew grammars include a section on ldquospecial uses of rdquoื‘ For example ื‘ can be used in anldquoadversativerdquo sense communicating that something was against something else And there are

many other ldquospecial usesrdquo In the case where it is used after ืฉืžืข it wouldnrsquot make sense to

translate ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ as ldquoI listened inwith his voicerdquo which would be the most common use

of ื‘ Instead we understand the phrase ื‘ืงื•ืœื•ืฉืžืขืชื™ to mean ldquoI obeyed himrdquo or moreliterally ldquoI obeyed his voicerdquo

So in the video after watching a flashback we hear Beth say

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 66

ื‘ืงื•ืœืฉืžืขืชื™ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram I obeyed yourdquo

And Avram responds ื‘ืงื•ืœื™ืฉืžืขืช ldquoYou obeyed merdquo

253 The Name of God

The personal name of God (ืื”ื™ื) as introduced in Exodus 315 is ื™ื”ื•ื” We do not usuallywrite it with vowels in our videos because its exact historical pronunciation has unfortunatelybeen lost There is a longstanding tradition within Judaism of using a substitute title to speak of

God ืื“ื ื™ This tradition was preserved by the Masoretes who developed the vowel system for

Hebrew They did this by inserting the vowels for ืื“ื ื™ into ื™ื”ื•ื” which gives you ื™ื”ื•ื” Many

times they drop the holem and simply write it as ื™ื”ื•ื”

If yoursquore wondering why we choose to pronounce Godrsquos personal name as Yahweh in our videosplease visit httpfreehebrewonlinepronunciation and scroll to the bottom of the page whereyoursquoll find links to help you understand our reasons including a video wersquove created The bookwersquove written on the issue explains everything you may want to know about why some peopleavoid pronouncing Godrsquos name as well as what the Bible teaches about the subject

Lesson 26 - Be amp Beauty

261 To Be - ื”ื™ื”

The verb root ื”ื™ื” means ldquohe wasrdquo or ldquothere wasrdquo or ldquoit wasrdquo As in past videos the perfective

aspect of the verb is demonstrated which refers to a past state Letrsquos look at the followingexample

ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื”ื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ื”ื•ืื™ืœื“ื”ื™ื”ืื‘ืจืldquoAvram was a child He was a child Now Avram is a manrdquo

Notice that ื”ื™ื” is not used when talking about the present as we see in this sentence

ldquoNow Avram is a manrdquo ืื™ืฉืื‘ืจืืขืชื” Biblical Hebrew usually uses verbless clauses to talkabout the present state or existence of something as wersquove seen in past videos For example

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 67

every time Beth says ื‘ืชืื ื™ ldquoIrsquom Bethrdquo at the beginning of a video she doesnrsquot use some other

aspect or form of ื”ื™ื” She simply uses the verbless clause ldquoI Bethrdquo

This is the conjugation for ื”ื™ื”

He was (3MS)128115 ื”ื™ื”

She was (3FS)128105 ื”ื™ืชื”

You were (2MS)128115 ื”ื™ื™ืช

You were (2FS)128105 ื”ื™ื™ืช

I was (1CS) ื”ื™ื™ืชื™

Itrsquos important to distinguish between ืืชื” and ืขืชื” which sound very similar The first is themasculine pronoun ldquoyourdquo and the second is the word for ldquonowrdquo

ื”ื™ื” is often used in telling stories but in the vayyiqtol (or vav-consecutive-imperfect) form

which is ื•ื™ื”ื™ Remember that the vayyiqtol form communicates the same perfective aspect as the

qatal form so ื•ื™ื”ื™ can usually simply be translated as ldquoAnd there washelliprdquo or simply ldquoTherewasrdquo Itrsquos often used to begin a new narrative or a new part of a story For example whenintroducing Elkanah for the first time in 1 Samuel we could say something like this

ืืœืงื ื”ื•ืฉืžื•ืื—ื“ืื™ืฉื•ื™ื”ื™ldquoThere was a man and his name was Elkanahrdquo Or ldquoNow there was a certain man whose namewas Elkanahrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 68

262 Beauty - ื™ืคื” and ื™ืคื”

ื™ืคื” is an adjective that means ldquobeautifulrdquo You may remember that Beth also used the word topraise Avram for correct answers in some of the early lessons but in the Bible it usually refers to

beauty Although ื™ืคื” is used to refer to a man as handsome (like in Genesis 396) the feminine

form of the adjective is more common used to describe women ื™ืคื” Often the word is

combined with ืžืจืื” which means ldquoappearancerdquo For example ldquoShe is a woman beautiful of

appearancerdquo would be ืžืจืื”ื™ืคืชืืฉื”ื”ื™ื Some might translate this as ldquoShe is a womanwho is beautiful to look uponrdquo but most modern versions of the Bible would simply say ldquoShe is

a beautiful womanrdquo ื™ืคืช is the construct form of ื™ืคื” Another way of saying a woman is

beautiful is by using the phrase ldquogood of appearancerdquo ืžืจืื”ื˜ื•ื‘ืช

Lesson 27 - Give amp Take Silver amp Gold

271 Give ื ืชืŸ amp Take ืœืงื—

In earlier lessons wersquove already seen the imperative form of ldquotakerdquo ืงื— In this lesson wersquorelearning how to use it to communicate what happened in the past Here is the singular

conjugation of the qatal forms of ืœืงื—

He took (3MS)128115 ืœืงื—

She took (3FS)128105 ืœืงื—ื”

You took (2MS)128115 ืœืงื—ืช

You took (2FS)128105 ืœืงื—ืช

I took (1CS) ืœืงื—ืชื™

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 69

We also introduce the command ldquogiverdquo ืชืŸ (which is what you would say a man not a woman)

as well as the perfective aspect of the verb ื ืชืŸ (ldquohe gaverdquo) This is the singular conjugation of

the qatal forms of ื ืชืŸ

He gave (3MS)128115 ื ืชืŸ

She gave (3FS)128105 ื ืชื ื”

You gave (2MS)128115 ืช ื ืช

You gave (2FS)128105 ื ืชืช

I gave (1CS) ืชื™ ื ืช

The verb ื ืชืŸ is what some textbooks call a doubly weak verb This is because it has two weak

letters in its root ื  This letter is said to be weak because it has a tendency to be assimilatedwhich is the technical way of saying that it often gets absorbed or swallowed by stronger letters

next to it You can see this happen with ldquoI gaverdquo ืชื™ ื ืช Notice that the final nun of the root

completely disappears when it comes into contact with the standard 1CS ืชื™ ending The loss of

this letter is marked by the dagesh dot in the ืช It might help to imagine this as the ืช swallowing

the ื  which then ends up as a little dot in its stomach So thatrsquos how you know that the original

root of that verb is ื ืชืŸ which is the form you would look up in a dictionarylexicon

When you look up ื ืชืŸ in a lexicon yoursquoll find that it can also mean ldquoto putsetrdquo

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 70

272 Conjugating more verbs in the plural

The second part of the video shows how to talk about what we and they and yrsquoall did Forexample

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื•ื•ื”ื ืขืจื•ืชืื‘ืจืldquoAvram and the young ladies took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ื ื•ืื ื—ื ื•ldquoWe took stonesrdquo

ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชืldquoYrsquoall took stonesrdquo

Remember that the masculine form of the verb is used if there is a man in the group even if the

majority are women So in ldquoyrsquoall took stonesrdquo ืื‘ื ื™ืืœืงื—ืชื the form is

second-masculine-plural from the root ืœืงื— because Avram was part of the group If it had been

all women then it would conjugated as ืœืงื—ืชืŸ

The following should help you navigate some of the plural conjugations in this video

Root ื”ืœืš ื‘ื•ื ื ืชืŸ ื”ื™ื”

Conjugation ื”ืœื›ื ื•we wentwalked

ืื ื• ื‘we came

ื ื• ื ืชwe gave

ื”ื™ื™ื ื•we were

Draft copy work in progress - Aleph with Beth - This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 30 Unported License You are free

to translate adapt and redistribute as long as you credit the original source and release the adaptation under the same CC license 71

Page 22: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 23: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 24: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 25: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 26: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 27: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 28: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 29: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 30: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 31: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 32: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 33: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 34: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 35: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 36: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 37: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 38: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 39: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 40: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 41: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 42: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 43: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 44: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 45: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 46: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 47: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 48: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 49: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 50: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 51: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 52: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 53: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 54: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 55: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 56: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 57: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 58: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 59: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 60: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 61: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 62: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 63: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 64: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 65: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 66: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 67: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 68: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 69: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 70: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth
Page 71: Grammar Lessons - Aleph with Beth